Home

Owner`s Manual

Contents

1. 022020000 8 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 12 Aly AE E E E ee pene eeeet E eae eer 8 13 MID SPAIN E E E eee T 8 15 Variable voltage control system 8 15 DWe Deler eri rer eean Er E a eY 8 16 SOA DINOS externa cee eA E EE ERA 8 16 Replacing spark plugs 0 0005 8 16 Air CIGANGFsccendeceestncensduecmesesoeeseapeneees 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 22022 05 8 18 eann s4 424usens eante EE E E EE 8 18 Replacing cacaodiiecccseasagseedacsseeeceseud 8 18 DAS e E E 8 19 USCS A E E A E EE 8 20 Engine compartment orecnuce cesvasgeveendeeeeds 8 20 Passenger compartment 0 cece nnne 8 21 Battery replacement 2200e eee eee eee 8 22 Keyfob if so equipped ccc cece neces 8 23 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 8 23 LOR ae rear aon sewe ss cede seme ae heeeeaneaes 8 25 HeadhighiS sricsers riders teon e ae keeveenent 8 25 Fog lights if so equipped 0cee cece 8 26 Exterior and interior lights 8 27 Wheels and tires 00 0c cece eee eee eee 8 31 Tre Die SSC eg wee foe oe eed ene nee 8 31 WC NADCNNG 2 4 b2e E E E E neeoheonaee 8 34 Wes Gl Wie ese encase ces eshoeser eee E 8 37 MWe Glide ose cece sooo E gees E 8 38 Changing wheels and tires 0 cece eee ee 8 38 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum ma
2. 2 31 Windshield washer fluid 8 12 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Wiper blades oaaao 8 18 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity
3. Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and trunk lid See Doors and Trunk lid in this section A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS if so equipped You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or repla
4. Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure For more information see TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire press
5. 7 After starting th fully discon cloth to reduce explosion hazard er starting the engine caretully dl nect the negative cable and then the positive 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il cable lustrated A 8 Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged Continuously Variable Transmission CVT and Manual Transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause trans mission damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by a red high temperature warning light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap wh
6. System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the ID button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Return to Factory Settings Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Clear Memory Touch this key to display software licensing information Touch this key to start SiriusXM radio For SXM setup refer to Audio system in this section 1D BUTTON HOW TO USE THE ON OFF T l BUTTON VOL volume CONTROL o change the display brightness press the amp button Pressing the button again will KNOB change the display to the day or the night display Press the ON OFF button to turn audio function If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the On and off Turn the VOL volume control knob to display will return to the previous display adjust audio volume Press and hold the 4 2 button for more than HOW TO USE THE CAMERA two seconds to turn the display off Press the BUTTON button again to turn the display on For more information regarding the CAMERA button see REARVIEW MONITOR in this sec tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position or the CAMERA button is pressed the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle
7. 20008 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Towing Fial TOWING a id od a 2 oe ee 9 17 Tow truck towing 24 6 11 Trailer TOWING 0 e eves ev dea wad 9 17 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid a 0 60 one we eb we we wa 8 11 Driving with automatic transmission 5 20 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 005 5 16 Driving with manual transmission 5 25 Shift selector lock release annann 5 23 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COI e oS a ea e ee 9 10 Trip computer es cea Saw hws he Go 2 10 Trip odometer aoao a 2 5 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 26 10 6 TUK HONE acs e a od Bd a Be awe OOK a 2 34 Turn signal switch 64 2 2 ash ow a sia a 2 25 U Uniform tire quality grading aaau 9 17 USB interface Audio file operation 4 49 4 51 V Vanity MIMO ss soe soaa ee a a aa 3 30 Variable voltage control system 8 16 Vehicle dimensions and weights a a 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 26 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 34 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 000 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery 02005 6 13 Vehicle
8. Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear IS approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Adjustable head restraint headrest Non adjustable head restraint Remove components headrest components Use the following procedure to remove the head Removable head restraint headrest restraint headrest 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the h Removable head restraint headrest 2 Multiple notches 2 Single Notch highest position 3 Lock knob 3 Lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob 4 Stalks 4 Stalks 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly ina secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the
9. OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random lt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied 4 EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player opera
10. Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system Is operational A CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section om or D Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E Empty showing no more fuel bars Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functi
11. The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connected to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete the phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice a
12. secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment information Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not
13. tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the
14. 2 Push and hold the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down Q the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied The rear drum type brakes self adjust every time the parking brake is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible i
15. AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the hatch is securely close when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on th
16. BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Pps INFORMATION SirlusXM SxM Travel Link My Apps B mands a Traffic Settings Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 8 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device 4 Touch the Connect New Device key The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio
17. Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat pai
18. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories w
19. NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant if so equipped HFC 134a R 134a For further details see Air conditioner system if so equipped re frigerant and oil recommendations in this section Air conditioning system oil if so equipped Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent For further details see Air conditioner ey so equipped re frigerant and oil recommendations in this section Windshield washer fluid 3 4 gal 7 8 gal 3 5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission contr
20. Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con
21. ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the
22. e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Crash zone sensor Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules Air bag Control Unit ACU Occupant classification sensor weight sensor located in passenger seat cushion Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag Side satellite sensor Seat belt with pretensioner 9 Front door satellite sensor driver s side shown passenger side similar NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats AWARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items e Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket e Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Confirm the operating
23. ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before moving the shift lever into the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed To move the shift lever Push the button A while depressing the m brake pedal Push the button A to shift cy Shift without pushing button A Shifting
24. oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more information Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life
25. streaming audio with Navigation System if so equipped ccc cece ee es CD care and cleaning 2 0eeeeee eee Steering wheel switch for audio control Window antenna v0 cciedecs ce one ceeaee eee dame NissanConnect App Smartphone Integration if SO equipped 26 2 cnendedeetcdeoabecteesecdecaees Registering with NissanConnect App Connect ONG ccoedeu asses hucoeeeseessee ses Application DOWNIOAG 2unceeuseereesiea teenies Car phone or CB 2diGw nat sucedacreegorwouase sees Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System if so equipped 5 Regulatory Information 0 eee eens Using the SVSteNl stccauseusceseueeneemeeansanes Control buttons acncxetode bus earrannan Getting started sssaaa aaaeeeaa List of voice Commands 00 cece ees Voice Adaptation VA mode 0ee ees Manual COMUG seses get acmecoucneatadeamanes cae Troubleshooting guide cee eee eee Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped 05 Regulatory Information 0 00 45 VOICE COMMANGS s 24024506 2250564 5Gees052da00 5 Connecting Procedure ws cawccu ceetens aneen rrna Vehicle phonebook scxcaeketdecdededieeeusees WAKING 2 CAllcndcudn chirp tantuneeees seeded Receiving a Call a2 ecceuranceseeereeeteneaewess DUNG acall sesx aruis rotert SIr ERER Ending 2 Callccavectreesecetese cece cose he
26. 1 to 6 memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The station memory position P1 P6 will now be displayed next to the band Pro gramming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP button When the DISP button is pressed while a CD is playing the display will change as follows CD Track Time Album Artist Track Time CD with MP3 or WMA Track time Folder title Artist Song title Track number dq gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and
27. 7 4 Appearance and care Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes
28. After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever from P Park to any of the desired shift positions Starting and driving 5 17 AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift lever into P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position to remove the key P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped 5 18 Starting and driving The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then place the shift lever into the P Park position
29. CAMERA button 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 NAV button For information regarding the Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be gr
30. CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also l
31. ENTER SETTING button pution Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the Settings screen on the display Turn the volume TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to This vehicl i i i is vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen make a selection sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 se
32. Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 37 To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine
33. It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the keyfo
34. List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record name command in this section for infor mation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronounc ing Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Connect Phone NOTE
35. Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 78 Kops 192 Kops VER Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters rare eee 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 pay UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 Troubleshooting guide Symptom
36. USB NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect App will search your phone to determine which compat ible applications are currently installed The user will then choose which apps they want to bring into their vehicle from the list of apps within the Manage My Apps section of the NissanCon nect App on their smartphone The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applications Once down loaded the user can access their selected smart phone applications through the vehicle touch screen For more information on application availability see www nissanusa com connect Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full at
37. VVIROOW E E E E E anew eine 2 30 Power windows if so equipped 665 2 30 Manual windows if so equipped 665 2 32 I CNION QUE ss 2 02 cce ence epee ee Pa fe eh encores Race aaa 2 32 Map light if so equipped 00 c cece eee eee 2 33 WOM OU EE E E se Geeaueketaes ose 2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 13 14 15 16 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 23 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 36 2 26 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 22 Instruments and controls 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Center vents P 4 14 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 23 Front passenger air bag status light P 6 2 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Climate controls P 4 15 Audio system P 4 23 4 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 36 Side vents P 4 14 Electronic outside rearview mirror control switch P 3 31 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 27 Hood release lever P 3 24 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 26 Audio control switches if so equipped P 4 59 Cruise control if so equipped P 5 27 Ignition switch Push button ignition switch if so equipped P 5 8 P 5 11 Cup holders P 2 28 Shift lever P 5 16 Glove box P 2 27 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES 1 Tacho
38. any button is pressed on the keyfob Using the interior light Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit
39. forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point
40. ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System fea
41. is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch amp Bluetooth SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com Siriusxin Nissan Mexicana S A de C V All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Mexicana S A de C V NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the
42. position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped Starting and driving 5 31 POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed th
43. rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS0667 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in pla
44. refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism if so equipped On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly
45. the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Shuffle Touch the Shuffle key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the shuffle mode is active it will appear on the screen To cancel Shuffle mode touch the Shuffle key until it is not displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active it will ap pear on the screen To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until it is not displayed 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems da gt p gt Seek buttons Press the seek button 44 or PP backward or forward one track to skip Press and hold the seek button M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUD
46. you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown LT12020 HR16DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTI
47. 27 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Fuel gauge saaa oaaae 2 9 Odometer noaa 2 5 Speedometer noaoae 2 5 Tachometer oaaao aaae 2 7 Trip computer 24 0 6 ew eh ed aaae 2 10 Trip odometer 2 0005 2 5 General maintenance 8 2 GIOVE DOK sa a aoe aao a ae beh oe a 2 29 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 62 4 76 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 23 Headlight control switch 2 23 FeagdlighiS 23 0 0 amp o miu we a ed ot amp Ue ue Bo 8 25 Head restraints oie 4 9 6 ae 1 we wm Mw Ge ae 1 5 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 15 Heater operation 4 17 Hood release 2 0 252 eae 3 24 FION 2a oe gt wee eS ee 2 2 26 l LIOR SWIECA an ean et es a a a a ae ds a a 5 8 Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 11 Immobilizer system 2 20 3 4 5 10 5 14 Important vehicle information label 9 11 Increasing fuel economy 5 30 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminds 2454 oe ob ae ea wwe BX Se a 9 12 Inside mirror 2 ee 3 30 Instrument brightness control 2 25 Instrument panel aoaaa aaa 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 25 Intelligent Key system Key operating range 3 13 Key operation 2 24 3 15 Mechanical key 2 eee ee ee 3 4
48. 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Automatic Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Continuously Variable Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires d
49. A chime will sound 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures the NISSAN Intelligent Key system warning light may blink in yellow on the meter even if the NISSAN Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To stop the warning light from blinking touch the ignition switch with the NISSAN Intelligent Key again Ifthe NISSAN Intelligent Key system warn ing light in the meter is blinking in green replace the battery as soon as possible See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Starting and driving 5 13 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the
50. Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright p d it Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound quali a cia Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips Sie ok ae specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipp
51. If GVWR is exceeded remove cargo as neces sary If either the front or rear GAWR is exceeded shift the load or remove Cargo as necessary Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX as lbs on your vehicle s placard Load limit Remaining available 1 400 Ib R R rT cargo and luggage 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg load capacity the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib riding in your vehicle 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Occupants Luggage Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Occupants Luggage E able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 Ib R R rlfiiti cargo and luggage XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and 640 kg load capacity there will be five 150 Ib passengers eee eee ORSA TS 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg WTI0169 Example Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and lug
52. If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with th
53. LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the
54. OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light 4 is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instru ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front p
55. Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END _ button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND CEF button will start the Hands Free Phone System 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and push the tun ing switch The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options push the tun ing switch The system will always speak the current menu option Depending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END 4 button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom System fails to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects t
56. The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seat back recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles
57. Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this Owner s Manual LIC2107 Type A TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 7 2 8 Type B Instruments and controls LIC2151 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE if so equipped NOTE The ignition switch must be placed in the ON position for the gauge to give a reading The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving con ditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates a coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required LIC2286 Type A FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates A the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The gauge may move slightly during br
58. again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks 4 This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some engine oil be tween oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the property of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by fre quent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Consumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new If the rate of oil consumption after driving for 3 000 miles 5 000 km is more than 0 5 liter per 600 miles 1 000 km con sult a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely dra
59. are dis played on the screen CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 SOURCE j 1 SOURCE select switch 2 Tuning switch 3 Volume control switch SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 CD USB iPod Bluetooth Audio if so equipped AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume y Tuning switch For most audio sources pushing the tuning switches for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than pressing
60. before the system was turned off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Audio settings Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the 1 Press the aPPs button volume 2 Touch the Settings key This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen a sitive Volume When this feature is active the Se pene ine Audie ney audio volume changes as the driving speed Use the touch screen to adjust the following changes items to the desired setting Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Volume Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the AUDIO control knob and turning it to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn
61. button on the steering wheel or Touch the green phone icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either Press the wheel or button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check local regulations before using this feature Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe lo
62. condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant classification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information f
63. corrosion 7 6 Cleaning interior s s s ssssaa sede aun eee awe bad sawn 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used
64. ee 4 30 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD playa a a a a Se oe ee oe eS 4 38 4 43 Audio System iPod Player 4 52 4 54 Audio system R 2 5 Go eE a Be So eee 4 23 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 59 USB interface 4 48 4 50 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 31 Driving with automatic transmission Transmission shift selector lock release 5 23 Automatic door locks 3 7 AUX jack 4 33 4 35 4 48 B Bate iw ee Bow ee one oe Re 8 13 Charge warning light 2 14 Before starting the engine 5 14 Belt See drive belt 0 8 16 Block heater Engine 2 oer hs ee eae ee ee ee 5 37 Bluetooth audio 4 57 4 58 Bluetooth hands free phone SysSteM 26k ae ee ee 8 4 62 4 76 Booster seats eh bee Ke eee we 1 33 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 33 Brake fluid 525 2s ee ee ee De eas 8 12 Brake light See stop light 8 27 Brake system aoaaa aaa a 5 32 Brake warning light 4 2 0 2 aaa 2 13 Brake wear indicators a 2 20 8 19 Parking brake operation 5 26 Self adjusting brakes 8 19 Se Cl ee 8 19 Break in schedule 5 29 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 25 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 27 C Capacities and reco
65. emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 1 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure an
66. for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones e Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor
67. have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches
68. hold the SEEK TRACK button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt pi SEEK TRACK button Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK TRACK button PPI while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK TRACK button PPI sev eral times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played S button MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing press the button once to view the track list and again to view the folder list To select a folder or track turn the TUNE MENU knob to scroll through the folders songs and press the ENTER button to make a selection RPT button When the RPT button Preset station number 1 is pressed while a compact disc is playing the Repeat mode is toggled RDM button When the RDM button Preset station number 2 is pressed while a compact disc is playing the Random mode is toggle
69. if so equipped CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For more information about the audio system see Audio system in this section 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem e Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command See NissanConnect App Smart phone Integration in this section for more infor mation HELP VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can Say General Help Quit Exit TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn
70. if so equipped Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows 1 Remove the screw 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner 8 and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case Recommended battery CR1620 or equivalent 4 Close the lid and install the screw securely 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove th
71. impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts in this section for instruc tions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ign
72. in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 2 WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be
73. keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD0349 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2760 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door
74. latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components if so equipped Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires
75. lever to N Neu tral For CVT models move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position when perform ing any parts replacement or repairs Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it
76. ligent Key system warning light will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to Battery replacement in the Main tenance and do it yourself section NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the ignition switch to stop The P Park warning light in the instrument The shift lever is not in the P Park position Make sure that the shift lever is in the P the engine panel illuminates and the inside chime Park position sounds continuously When placing the shift lever in the P Park The inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF position continuously position position When opening the driver s door A warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC position day EH Siena Ne ei When pushing the door handle request The outside chime sounds for approximately The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key wi
77. little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to LOCK After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the Starting and driving 5 15 accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the en gine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and sto
78. low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure of your tires are adjusted After the tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illumin
79. may hit the object when backing up to Do not adjust the display of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 VENTS OPERATING TIPS When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly CAUTION Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the y J Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner screen This is due to strong reflected light to clean the camera This will cause from the bumper This is not a malfunction 4 discoloration To clean the camera The screen may flicker under fluorescent LA wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object light This is not a malfunction AS SAA3126 e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the contrast of objects is low at night When the shift lever is shifted to R Re pressing the ENTER SETTING button verse the monitor screen automatically or lt gt button may not change the bright changes to the RearView Monitor mode ness However the radio can be heard Side vents Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by open Objects onthe monitor may notbeclearina l i ing closing or rotating t may take some time until the RearView dark place or at night Monitor i
80. memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XMS 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMaA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the curren
81. not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 48 ee Vy S P A Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the
82. obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0700 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint
83. of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned Appearance and care 7 5 SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing 7 6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other pro
84. outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags d
85. phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63
86. place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed See Head 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjust ment removal and installation infor mation 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the ch
87. position 2 the map light will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The light will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position 1 the map light does not illuminate regardless of door position The light will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 33 TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 34 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments RG e ece oan ies eee ene eee ete oe ee ee pe 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equi
88. pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oll See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion in this manual PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park or in an appropriate gear for manual trans mission models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident 1 Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever into the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever into 1st gear Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever into the P Park
89. proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal
90. recognition systems 4 11 the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course ADJUSTING THE SCREEN vispLay SETUP The procedure for adjusting the quality of the Brightness Very Bright screen differs depending on the type of screen D E present on the vehicle Display Mode Automatic Serol Direction moves h Press the aPPS button Touch the Settings key Touch the System key Touch the Display key oF W N Touch the Brightness key and adjust the level to the desired setting Backing up behind a projecting object You can also press the 2 button to adjust the screen Use the TUNE SCROLL control knob to The position is shown farther than the position adjust the level desired setting in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle
91. s GVWR Spare tire size Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires mee Checking tire pressure including the spare nee j j TIRE LABELING 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the Size Cold Tire Inflation Federal law requires tire manufacturers to tire Pressure l place standardized information on the 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely Front Original Tire sidewall of all tires This information iden onto the valve stem Do not press too P185 65R15 230 kPa 33 PSI tifies and describes the fundamental hard or force the valve stem side P195 55R16 characteristics of the tire and also pro ways or air will escape If the hissing Rear Original Tire vides the tire identification number TIN sound of air escaping from the tire is P185 65R15 230 kPa 33 PSI for safety standard certification The TIN heard while checking the pressure P195 55R16 can be used to identify the tire in case of a reposition the gauge to e
92. same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion g He 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position P ae When the QY or position is selected press the C button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi
93. seating position 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Install 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint headrest is facing the correct di rection The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint neadrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Adjust For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest Is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Raise Lower To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi the head restraint headrest down tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi before riding in that designated seating position tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated s
94. speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for o Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the l button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone commands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetoot
95. starting with number one until the problem is resolved The system responds Command Not Recognized or the system fails to rec ognize the command correctly NOTE 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 lf optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0008 5 2 Three way catalyst ns aenged cehceeeeeecedewesaned 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if SO equipped n eee cece eee 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 6 Offroad TECOVENy 4 5c eaaired aoe etsg ete kana 5 6 Rapid air pressure loSS 0 c cee eens 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Ignition switch if so equipped n nannan eee eee eee 5 8 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if so equipped 2205 cares se osesddoorsewetend os 5 8 Automatic transmi
96. system is active press and hold the but ton for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system lt gt GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the button For information on voice adaptation see Voice adaptation VA mode in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND CI button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch M4 or PP left or right NOTE You must press the amp f button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to
97. the BACK button is pressed it re turns to the previous menu iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the
98. the tuning to adjust and then press the AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the SXM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception SXM band select Pressing the SXM button will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pressed When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be s
99. this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h with all doors closed e All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is removed from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the ff position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change
100. this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button 4 and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoul der The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use
101. tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the 4 5 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move the air intake lever to the C amp 2 position Be sure to return to the gt position for normal cooling 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the amp _ posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the 47 comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 9 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner t
102. tion or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth NISSANCONNECT APP SMARTPHONE INTEGRATION if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartphone Integra tion technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and eas ily controlled through the vehicle s touch screen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT APP To use the Smartphone Integration feature it is necessary for the user to register In order to reg ister visit the NissanConnect website www nissanusa com connect and sign up or cre ate an account through the prompts on the Nissan Connect App Once registered download the NissanConnect App from your compatible phone s application download source and then log into the application If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For more information on connecting your phone see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem with Navigation System in this section NOTE For Apple iPhones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be plugged in via
103. tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh
104. unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 5 38 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Emergency engine shut off Push button ignition models only 00000e0 ee 6 2 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 5 6 2 PIA Aes ce tee tbe so eas oh te hn Renner wie ee ies Sone 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if so equipped 3 ac4ncutareeeekocedetkeercetoeds 6 3 Changing a flat tire 0 cece eee 6 3 Jump SiN aeaiee aaan EEEE AA 6 8 aie Elaa e EE N E E E E E EE E 6 10 If your vehicle overheats 022002 eee 6 10 Towing your vehicle xsevetccseeocertse teense ae 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF Push button ignition models only To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 6 2 Incase of emergency HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers whi
105. wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive CVT A Tmodels or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion 6 14 Incase of emergency Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive CVT A Tmodels or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 000 cece eee 7 2 Air fresheners son ecc keen de neat ee eeeeerieaerands 7 5 NV ASOING E E E E E 7 2 DEA EEE E E E E E T 7 5 WARN Enno 1 2 PDE oE AA AEE R 7 6 Removing Spots cece cece teen eens 7 3 Corrosion PIOlEC Ole tie van ose warren ese swnsarwans 7 6 UndaiDOdy onid50 cetncciscauectsiteesteaded snes 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle CNASS pissin tad eth de vA ner seetedes chad dene chs 7 3 COMOSIOMioec ck cndsed sete temas EEE bees 7 6 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PAHS lt cc ssecessepevaninecdaadoeas wine 7 4 CONOSION re lt sida reer ERARE NERAN EARE 7 6 Tire Ole sSiINGsso st cwecee tac ecteceasen eeeereeee s 7 4 To protect your vehicle from
106. when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model HR16DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder inline Bore x Stroke in mm 3 071 x 3 291 78 0 x 83 6 Displacement cu in cm 97 51 1 598 Firing order 1 3 4 2 Idle speed M T CVT in N position No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug PLZKAR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain NOTE This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Aluminum and steel 15 x55 Aluminum 16 x 6 0J Tire size Spare tire Offset in mm 1 57 40 1 77 45 P185 65R15 P195 55R16 T125 70D15 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Unit in mm Body Type Sedan Overall length 176 8 4 492 Overall width 66 7 1 695 Overall height 59 4 1 509 Front Track 58 3 1 480 Rear Track 58 5 1 485 Wheelbase 102 4 2 600 Gross vehicle weight rating lb kg See the F M V S S C M V S S Gross axle weight rating certification label on the center Front lb kg pillar between the driver s side Rear Ib kg front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country
107. whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the brake shoes and or drums are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Technical and consumer information section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard bra
108. windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted lf you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses
109. 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FOLDER MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart
110. 4 43 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 59 Readiness for inspection maintenance WMJ lesb cb ea eaaa e wee ee ew od 9 20 Rear power windows 2 31 Rear seat naoa ouaaa ee 1 4 RearView Monitor 4 10 Rear window defroster switch 2 23 Recorders EVeWt dala sea heAw ne se eee 9 20 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety reardoorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 17 1 24 1 29 1 33 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat adjustment aoaaa aaa 1 4 Seatback pockets aooaa aa 2 28 Seat belt Child Sales o 6 d oe a ii e e a 1 16 Infants and small children 1 16 Injured Person 4 4 wea 4a ae ee 1 12 Larger children a aao 1 17 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Pregnant women aaau aa aaa 1 12 Seat belt extenders 1 15 Seat belt maintenance 1 15 Seat belts oaaao 1 9 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Three point type with retractor 1 12 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Seats Adjustment a amp 44 6 od ob ee See 1 2 Front seats aoaaa aa ee es 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment a 1 2 Rearseat 2 ee ee 1 4 Security indicator light 2 19 Security system NISS
111. 4 Starting and driving Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin d
112. 5 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health STARTING THE ENGINE models with NISSAN Intelligent Key system 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a
113. 9 Cruise control if so equipped P 5 27 Ignition switch Push button ignition switch if so equipped P 5 8 P 5 11 Cup holders P 2 28 Shift lever P 5 16 Glove box P 2 27 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE Engine 1 Drive belt location P 8 16 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 3 Air cleaner P 8 17 4 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 12 5 Fusible link P 8 20 6 Battery P 8 13 7 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 8 Radiator cap P 8 7 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 1 For Manual Transmission M T model See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details TA Illustrated table of contents 0 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Low fuel warning Shift P warning light light if so equipped Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Warning Warning light light Or Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Automatic Transmis sion A T Continuously Vari able Transmission CVT position indi NISSAN Intelligent cator light if so Key warning light equipped if so equipped CRUISE Cruise main switch Power steering indicator light if so warning light equipped Hidh temperature Engine start opera ee tion indicator if so warning light red i eoupoed Low windshield washer fluid warni
114. ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not b
115. AN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 20 3 4 5 10 5 14 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 19 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner ooo aa 4 23 Setting button a0 6 0 6 aaa 4 7 4 35 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 22 Continuously Variable Transmission ONE pee oe oe ee Go E oe eee 5 17 Manual transmission 5 25 Shift lock release 2 ee 5 23 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag EE EEE ae 1 48 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer oaao aaa ee aes 2 5 SRS warning label anana 1 50 Starting Before starting the engine 5 14 Jump starting sa ee be ee Ee Kew 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 PUSH Staring s sasas ka as tee oe 6 10 Starting the engine 5 14 5 15 Steering Power steering system 0 5 32 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 59 Stop MGM s e oo 6 OS ee ae es wa edd 8 27 DION tn fb wee oe Gee ee eee 2 27 Storage May Seed wee dae gud beads 3 2 28 OUN VISOS s a ra edd ee ee we ew a 3 29 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 50 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 51 2 17 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 43 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 50 Precaution
116. BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bag modules P 1 36 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag P 1 36 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 36 4 Front seat belts P 1 9 5 Head restraints headrests P 1 5 6 Rear seat belts P 1 4 7 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 19 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 49 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 43 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details O 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Engine hood P 3 24 Windshield P 8 18 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 22 Power windows if so equipped manual windows if so equipped P 2 30 2 30 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped keyfob if so equipped keys P 3 5 3 2 3 2 3 2 Mirrors P 3 30 Tire pressure P 8 31 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 8 38 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 23 Replacing bulbs P 8 25 Fog lamp switch if so equipped P 2 26 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Antenna P 4 61 9 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 23 3 Interior trunk lid release P 3 26 4 Rearvi
117. CH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SVSICMiasecereuuceueateaweatawesanes Rear facing child restraint installation using EIES a E E E A E EE E E Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts nnn nunnana eee Forward facing child restraint installation usmg LATO sdneanetnteaneapuneeeresy acer eae Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS cece eee eee Installing top tether strap 00 cc eee eee Booster SCdlS ii cc cksccest ness eSiddackdddendse Supplemental restraint system 00 cece eee Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM ssai tka eae red ened eee dese ede se eee ot Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely l
118. Crankshaft pulley AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly l 2 3 4 i 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs AIR CLEANER AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air it also stops the flame if the engine backfires If the air cleaner is not installed and the en gine backfires you could be burned Never drive with the air cleaner f
119. FICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL if so equipped The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Loading Information label The label islocatedas shown shown Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket 9 12 Technical and consumer information License plate bracket screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 Hold the license plate bracket and make a shallow hole in the bumper fascia using a 5 mm 0 20 in drill To avoid damaging the area behind the fascia apply only light pres sure to the drill Insert the grommets 2 into the holes in the bumper fascia Insert a small flat bladed screwdriver into the grommet hole to tu
120. GHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral After towing 500 miles
121. IO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if SO equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the button The system an nounces the available commands 2 Say Connect Phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add Phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 4 When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen Use the vehicle audio controls or the Bluetooth device s controls to play pause skip or reverse tracks
122. M T model into R Reverse 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance In case of emergency 6 3 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission A T or the continuously variable trans mission CVT models is shifted into P Park or the manual transmission M T model into R Reverse Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance 6 4 Incase of emergency Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the floorboard Q To remove the jack collapse the jack from the storage location If necessary remove the spare tire first to easily access the Jack Removing wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To rem
123. MIL Overdrive off indicator light if so equipped Security indicator light if so equipped Side and headlight indicator light green if so equipped Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light ei wD A R CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on BRAKE or E4 4 O a If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS o red 0 oF o KEY y A g GF SG If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS o r Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion BRAKE or O Brake warning
124. NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a mov
125. OW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Ay A 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion WPD0359 Locking doors 2 Close all doors 3 Press the Key button on the Intelligent 4 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once 5 All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the if Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 5 sec onds to unlock all doors All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed withi
126. Overdrive O D OFF switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift lever in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Over drive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When driving conditions change depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation is activated the automatic transmission will be locked in third gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive whee
127. R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position R Reverse speed is limited to 30 MPH 48 km h Do not exceed 30 MPH 48 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be de pressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Re verse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circumstances Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the foot brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch into the LOCK po sition and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Using a protective cloth on the tip of a screwdriver remove the shift lock release cover f available a plastic trim tool ca
128. Remote keyless entry operation 3 18 Troubleshooting guide 3 23 Warning SiQNale a b 4 4 a ee eee Bs 3 23 Interior light 200 2 32 2 33 Interior trunk lid release 3 26 iPod Player a assa eee aon wae ws 4 52 4 54 ISOFIX child restraints 1 19 J Jump starting se s esae Ge ee a a 6 8 K o EEE EEE E EEEE EEEE ewe awe 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement aaan aaa 8 22 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 18 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serialnumber 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 50 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren DVS eeee eke ee beeen eee ee oe 1 19 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light aa aaa 1 51 2 17 Brake light See stop light 8 27 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 27 Charge warning light 2 14 Fog light SwiCh o s s i6088262284 4 2 26 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 23 Headlight control switch 2 23 Headlights 6 aaou aaa 8 25 Interiorlight 2 32 2 33 Lightbulb
129. SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing March 2014 Publication No OM15EM ON17UO Printed in U S A 45 N17 D
130. SSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth
131. UP THE ENGINE Due to the higher idle speeds when the engine is cold extra caution must be exercised when shifting the shift lever into the driving position immediately after start ing the engine Starting and driving 5 21 P N D To move the shift lever Push the button A while depressing the m brake pedal Push the button A D Just move the shift lever 5 22 Starting and driving Shifting A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal in jury or property damage If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is de pressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal push the shift lever button and move the shift lever out of the P Park position If the ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC posi tion for any reason while the shift lever is in any position other than the P Park position the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON pos
132. VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery In case of emergency 6 13 Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering
133. W5W Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Map lights if so equipped Room light Fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Stop tail light High mounted stop light if so equipped Trunk light 8 License plate light DIRON eA 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover tt t Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb installation ON OFF DOOR E l OSH SDI1499A Interior light Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LDI2044 Trunk light Map lights Use a cloth to protect the housing 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0343 JVC0014X License plate light To change the stop tail rear turn signal or backup reversing light bulb perform the following 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable Rear combination light 2 Remove the two bolts and then the two screws E so that the housing containing the bulbs can be removed 3 Remove the bulb s and replace as neces Sary 4 Return the housing to the rear combination light and secure with the bolts and screws E WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Fla
134. When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is re moved from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system To unlock the door manu ally use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position 1 the door can be opened only from the out side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight
135. a a mr s beh oe te auger a 8 25 Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Low windshield washer fluid warning WGWec a 4euetepa eee as Gea 3 2 16 Passenger air bag and status light 1 45 Security indicator light 2 19 Tr nklight lt ee ee ey ere ee SE a 2 34 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 ee ee ee 2 12 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Door lockS 6 ic ce ae te ee Se Ee 3 5 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 Power door lockS aoaaa aaa aa 3 6 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 26 Loose fuel cap warning 2 6 3 27 Low fuel warning light aoaaa aaa 2 14 Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 16 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance aaoo aaa 8 2 Inside the vehicle aooaa aa aaa 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle aoaaa aaa 8 2 Seat belt maintenance uaaa aa 1 15 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light aoaaa aaa 2 18 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Manual windowS aoaaa aa aa 2 32 Map DOCKeL a s a fa 4 aai oe a 2 27 Meters and gauges a naoa aa aae 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 25 Mirror Inside Mirror aooaa a a 3 30 Outside mirror control aaua aaa 3 31 10 4 Outside mirrors NISSAN Intelligent Key NISSAN vehic
136. ack can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around the cars to prevent them LRS2189 FOLDING REAR SEAT if SO from playing and becoming locked in Driver s seat armrest the trunk where they could be seriously Armrest if so equipped equipped injured Keep the car locked with the Topp Pull the knob to fold each seatback rear seatback and trunk lid securely Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal down latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these
137. ake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the drive belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the drive belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 2 14 Instruments and controls ry Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION
138. aking turning acceleration or going up or down hills Type A The fuel level segments will blink when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Type B The low fuel warning light will turn on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low LIC2287 Type B Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The jib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 check engine light may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the _ light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL in this section Instruments and controls 2 9 LIC2288 Type A TRIP COMPUTER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button A on the instrument panel located near the speedometer The following modes can be selected in the display Instant fuel consumption Average fuel consumption Distance to empty Outside air temperature if so equipped 2 10 Instruments and controls LIC2138 Type B Instant fuel consumption The instant fuel consumption mode shows the instant fuel economy The display updates in stantly when driving Average fuel con
139. al and consumer information AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in add
140. an affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or lo
141. ard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roa
142. areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable e Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable
143. assenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 wearing t
144. at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and Consumer Information sec tion of this manual In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN r
145. atellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player
146. ates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening 5 4 Starting and driving For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on a
147. ayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident X SETTINGS D Audio System DO Traffic Phone amp g Bluetooth iii SXM Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the previous screen Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers inserts a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is nece
148. b near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close all doors Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked f a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature in this section for details Unlocking doors Press the 1 button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition s
149. been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 4 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch 1 again within 5 seconds to unlock all doors If a door ha
150. braking or an accident help prevent injury in an accident or a Do not use bottle holder for open liquid sudden stop containers Instruments and controls 2 29 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled 2 30 Instruments and controls ToS SYS Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time s
151. buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause se
152. buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canad
153. by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the brake shoes
154. cates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it aoje 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object
155. cation and stop your vehicle The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the button on the steering wheel 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems o No Where are you When To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the button on the steering wheel 2 Say Phone after
156. ce If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover C from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure
157. cement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 5 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help
158. ch fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than metha nol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approx
159. ch as possible FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Starting and driving 5 29 Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth accelera
160. change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone O 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone A The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own ers Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the na
161. chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels Appearance and care 7 3 e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing
162. cle passengers cargo and trailer Technical and consumer information 9 13 Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of this vehicle is deter mined by weight not by available cargo space For example a luggage rack bike carrier cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle 9 14 Technical and consumer information To determine vehicle load capacity Vehicle weight can be determined by us ing a commercial grade scale found at places such as a truck stop gravel quarry grain elevator or a scrap metal recycling facility 1 Determine the curb weight of your vehicle 2 Compare the curb weight amount to the GVWR specified for your vehicle to determine how much more weight your vehicle can carry 3 After loading cargo and passen gers re weigh your vehicle to deter mine if either GVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is exceeded
163. conds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode See NissanConnect APP Smartphone Integration in this section for more information about using this feature For more information on connecting your phone see the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation section FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressing the XM button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is inthe ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite rec
164. cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or the transmis sion related component harness con nector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE engine Drive belt location Engine oil filler cap Air cleaner Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Fusible link Battery Engine coolant reservoir Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Windshield washer fluid reservoir For Manual Transmission M T model Se Oe SYS mi O i 8 6 Maint
165. could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un
166. cp aspx lang eng English speakers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 19 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready
167. crash and serious injury When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal or the clutch pedal MT the ignition switch position will illuminate as follows Push center once to change to ACC two times to change to ON three times to return to OFF The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the switch in the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the shift lever is moved into the P Park position or N Neutral position MT When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to ward the OFF position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park position or N Neutral position MT 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed in the meter See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section Starting and driving 5 11 OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only b
168. ctivate Press and hold the and B buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and B buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered LPD2094 Type B meter only P Park position selecting warning light 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS The Intelligent Key is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates when improper operations are de tected A CAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Audible reminder and warning whe
169. d 4 EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 CD eject button RPT button RDM button Display screen SCAN button LHA3017 Type A 6 44 SEEK CAT buttons gt 7 APPS button 8 5 BACK button 9 ENTER SETTING button and TUNE SCROLL control knob 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 10 Station select 1 6 buttons 11 VOL volume knob power button 12 DISP button 13 MEDIA button 14 XM button 15 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SirlusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power
170. d Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition 5 20 Starting and driving have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis sion and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The Automatic Transmission A T in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The r
171. d possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury 8 40 Mainte
172. d restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0801 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors WRS0802 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle
173. d damage the electrical system or cause a fire 2 Remove the fuse box cover O with a suit able tool Use a cloth to avoid damaging the If any electrical equipment does not operate trim check for an open fuse 3 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 2 5 If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 6 Push the fuse box cover to install If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 BATTERY REPLACEMENT How to replace the extended storage switch A CAUTION 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs C and found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 3 Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself KEYFOB
174. d in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory USB XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Browse Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song ld gt P Seeking buttons Press the M4 button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 button sev eral times to skip backward several tracks Press the PPI button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the Pl button several times to skip for ward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of t
175. d leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner if so equipped after use is nor mal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift
176. daptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage Press the l button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the amp F button The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if e The button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or
177. dio system is off pressing the AUX or MEDIA button turns the audio system on and plays the iPod If the audio system is on the audio system auto matically begins playing tracks from the iPod when it is plugged into the jack PE gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT buttons 44 or PPI to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed RPT REPEAT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RDM RANDOM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 S BACK button When
178. direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level 4 If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant
179. display Adjusts the brightness of the display Display Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for the respec tive times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Scroll Direction Adjusts the direction of the menu scroll Choose to either move up or down Touch this key to adjust the time The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Select from five possible formats of displaying the day month and year Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Set Clock Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must Manually be set to manual for this option to be available Daylight Sav Adjusts the daylight savings time on or off ings Time Choose the applicable time zone from the list Touch this key to change the language on the display Touch this key to change the camera settings 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Touchscreen click Toggles the touch screen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched
180. driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanuSsa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 INSUUMCMI panel ess crersererir ditt kinni erae 0 6 Externo MON nc eae ren ieue ween ex 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 7 e a EEE E 0 4 Warning indicator liGhtsss2csc0dqusensacestcecneeh es 0 8 Passenger compartment 00 cece eee nnn 0 5 AIR
181. ds Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain ma
182. e safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and
183. e ACC or ON position then press the VOL volume control knob power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the igni tion in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the VOL volume control knob power button again turns the system off Turn the VOL volume control knob power button to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MPS player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack Pressing the AUX button repeatedly will cycle AUX line in USB if so equipped BT AUDIO Streaming AUX line in NOTE Sources only shown in menu if they are connected and or detected DISP display button Pressing the DISP button displays song informa tion if available such as artist album track name folder name and source NOTE The DISP button only provides this infor mation in non radio modes How to use the SETUP button To select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle 1 Press the SETUP button 2 Turn the TUNE MENU control knob until the desired item is selected on the men
184. e brak ing on downhill grades 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle speed exceeds the following limits otherwise the engine may over rev and cause engine damage Shift Lever position 1 2 34 MPH 55 km h 62 MPH 100 km h SHIFT LOCK Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the foot brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch into the LOCK po sition and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool Starting and driving 5 23 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool 5 Push the shift lever button A and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel 7 Release the parking brake The vehicle may be moved to the desired loca tion Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as pos sible 5 24 Starting and driving
185. e fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above iPod S XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX X xx Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 Interface e Playlists The interface for iPod operation shown on the e Artists vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to Aisne the iPod interface Use the touch screen Playlists BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate Genres Artists the menus on the screen e Songs When the iPod Is playing touch the Menu key e Conucecs ae to bring up the iPod interface p Audiobooks Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen Podcasts For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual LHA1495 Shuffle and repeat play mode Shuffle and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing
186. e is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device USB INTERFACE models with Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is locate
187. e lens a mal function fire or an electric shock 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 8 m DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects a Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice
188. e mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated and 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may no
189. e power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat 5 32 Starting and driving You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not func tioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking
190. e return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forc ibly downward VANITY MIRROR if so equipped REARVIEW MIRROR To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor The night position reduces glare from the down and flip open the mirror cover headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Electric control type The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 4 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shou
191. e tire as soon as possible Instruments and controls 2 15 When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 16 Instruments and controls NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light illuminates or blinks as follows The light blinks in yellow when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch i
192. e type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a biling
193. e used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to turn the ignition switch to start the engine 5 12 Starting and driving The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 4 lf the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine Is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch ACC Accessories This position ac
194. eat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and sta tus light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 Sit upright and well back 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 AWARNING e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children s
195. eating position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS F vy Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 LO ie Sit upright and weil back AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shou
196. eatures and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of print ing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi cations performance design or component sup pliers without notice and without obligation From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision up dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information re garding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injur
197. ebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record name in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B
198. ececievetedereewee cud Power SleCINnG aceus ceva eases peceee sue seranes Brake SySieilii den rarena E E ag Brawn enece Brake precautions sess ciecc beiweawes sdandernca Anti lock Braking System ABS 0055 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Cold weather driving 00e cece eee eee es Freeing a frozen door lock 0e eee eee Anti freeZe 2G sree esau eceeeesareue eee osee sees 5 36 Special winter equipment 002 0 5 37 SCE ELTETE E E E A TE 5 36 Driving On SNOW OF ICS saa tcnue conti emcsweescwne 5 37 Draining of coolant water sccccccccceeresu 5 36 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 37 Tre CQUIDMEN cxdceues each cceeey ca neanri sigis 5 36 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gase
199. ecommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment AWARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident The cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting the transmis sion into a forward or reverse position before the engine has warmed up Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped This could cause un expected vehicle movement Never shift to either the P Park or R Reverse position while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious dam age to the transmission A CAUTION Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Start the engine in either the P Park or N Neutral position The engine will not start in any other position If it does have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Shift into the P Park position and ap ply the parking brake when at a stand still for longer than a short waiting period Keep the engine at idling speed while s
200. ecommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated LCE2121 CVT AT CVT AT M T M T LCE2122 6 12 Incase of emergency A CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT automatic transmission A T models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive dam age to the transmission If it is neces sary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT automatic trans mission AT models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when tow ing manual transmission M T models with the front wheels on the ground Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT automatic transm ission A T or manual transmission M T models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual trans missions M T only Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km
201. ed sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads Starting and driving 5 35 When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 36 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob or the NISSAN Intelligent Key ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and da
202. eel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice Command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display Press the aPPS button Touch the Voice Commands key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words a Call name Street Address addre Points of Interest na Navigation Information Play Song name My Apps Play Artist name Say Command Phonebook F Exit SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio Information My Apps For additional information on the navigation sys tem see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to
203. ehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner if so equipped headlights or rear window defroster if so equipped is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet STORAGE LIC2157 MAP POCKETS Instruments and controls 2 27 P J Sf a LIC2771 LIC2159 SEATBACK POCKET if so equipped STORAGE TRAYS Front CUP HOLDERS The seatback pocket is located on the back of the AWARNING passenger s seat The pocket can be used to CAUTION store maps Do not place sharp objects in the trays to A help prevent injury in an accident or sud Avoid abrupt starting and braking when den stop the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident 2 28 Instruments and controls LIC2158 LIC2162 Bottle holder Rear GLOVE BOX 44 CAUTION Open the glove box by pulling the handle Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in A WARNING the vehicle and possibly injure people Keep glove box lid closed while driving to during sudden
204. eiver and antenna are installed and a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems O I CAT XXXXX 6 CH XXXXX XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX While the radio is in XM mode the operation can be controlled through the touch screen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a category displayed on the list to display options within that category TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station
205. enance and do it yourself 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outbo
206. enance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the
207. engine oil if necessary CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 15 20 N m 11 15 ft lbs 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil by removing the oil filler cap if neces sary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID if so equipped A CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer
208. epends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technic
209. er air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in 2 18 Instruments and controls the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The C may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is Installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the O light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunctio
210. erator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as mu
211. erted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK posi tion the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift lever is placed in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift lever is in the P Park posi tion If the shift lever is not returned to the P Park position the ignition switch cannot be moved to the LOCK position To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Re
212. es the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the amp F button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Pho
213. essories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu tive times in quick succession or the igni tion switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a
214. ew camera if so equipped P 4 10 5 Replacing bulbs P 8 25 6 Fuel filler door P 3 27 7 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 27 9 4 8 Child safety rear door locks P 3 7 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Rear seat P 1 2 Interior lights P 2 32 Front seat P 1 2 Sun visors P 3 29 Interior lights P 2 32 Glove box P 2 29 Parking brake parking on hills P 5 26 5 31 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details SoS ONS Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 13 14 15 16 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 23 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 36 2 26 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 22 Illustrated table of contents 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Center vents P 4 14 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 23 Front passenger air bag status light P 6 2 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Climate controls P 4 15 Audio system P 4 23 4 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 36 Side vents P 4 14 Electronic outside rearview mirror control switch P 3 31 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 27 Hood release lever P 3 24 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 26 Audio control switches if so equipped P 4 5
215. ey must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner ac
216. f the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 FUSES If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition check the fusible links in the holder If any of the fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the fusible links in see a NISSAN dealer PASSENGER COMPARTMENT NOTE The fuse box is located on the driver s side CAUTION of the instrument panel Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight amperage rating than specified on the switch are OFF fuse box cover This coul
217. ffected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual ambient temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards Trip computer reset Pushing the change button for more than 3 sec onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis tance to empty dte Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS ABS warning light BRAKE O Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light i Engine oil pressure warning light 5 F High temperature warning light red or a Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped CEN 2 12 Instruments and controls NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light KEY if so equipped Power steering warning light P K 3 Seat belt warning light and chime mo Shift P warning light if so equipped SHIF Ca Supplemental air bag warning light 2 Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped i Engine start operation indicator if so equipped oO FF tab Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue O Malfunction Indicator Light
218. following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control if so equipped on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped
219. for servicing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDI2040 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Add a washer solvent to the windshield washer fluid reservoir for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Fol low the manufacturer s instructions for the mix ture
220. for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM e Pushthe switch forless than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the preset station e Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station XM if so equipped e Pushthe switch forless than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the preset station e Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous category 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod if so equipped Push the switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the track number CD Push the switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the track number Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files USB if so equipped Push the switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the track number Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Bluetooth Audio Pushthe switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to skip ahead or back to the next song Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song WINDOW ANTENNA The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep
221. fter 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s autho
222. function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ae KEY se ligent Key system warning light a _ will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter When the battery is discharged firmly apply the foot brake and touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key Then push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 sec onds after the chime sound For more informa tion see Push button ignition switch in the Starting and driving section For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical co
223. gage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEI
224. ght turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds See Power steering in the Starting and driving section A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat be
225. ght zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero kkk Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special number in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel amp amp PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give acommand at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information mm PHONE END While the voice recognition
226. gine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health AWARNING Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks flames or smoking Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or severe burns After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 e Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children 1 Remove the battery vent caps with a screw driver as shown 2 Check the fluid level in each cel
227. h is set to On the following voice commands are avail able Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number Read Text Reads an incoming text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Se
228. hange button for more than 1 sec ond to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero 2 6 Instruments and controls LIC2285 Type A Loose fuel cap warning message Push the reset button for more than 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage after the fuel cap has been tightened For additional information see Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual LIC2436 Type A Check tire pressure warning message if so equipped The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is de tected Check and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message can be turned off using the reset button A on the meter the low tire pressure warning light will not be turned off LPD2128 Type B The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For more information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and
229. hanged while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 CD eject button CD insert slot ON O a g RPT RDM button TUNE FOLDER knob MENU button 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUX IN jack AUX button CD button AM button FM button 12 VOL volume control knob power button 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 TRACK Y button 15 amp SEEK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume control knob power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the VOL volume control knob power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the igni tion in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the VOL vo
230. he next folder is played Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the 3S iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the J icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat fb rais mode touch the Repeat key untilno 7 icon is displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if s
231. he seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly 1 46 Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically tu
232. he wrong entry from the phone book 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NI
233. hift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th up to 5th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 25 On the manual transmission you cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then into R Reverse The shift lever ring returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested up shift soeeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1219 ml GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 9 14 2nd to 3rd 12 19 3rd to 4th 21 34 Ath to 5th 28 45 5th 5 26 Starting and driving For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high a
234. hifting from the N Neutral position to any driving position When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake pedal should be depressed in this situation Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a drive position Release the parking brake the foot brake AWARNING DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL Shifting the shift lever to D R 2 or 1 without depressing the foot brake pedal causes the vehicle to move slowly when the engine is running Make sure the foot brake pedal is depressed fully and the vehicle is stopped before shifting the shift lever pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed A CAUTION MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER PO SITION Make sure the shift lever is in the desired position D 2 and 1 are used to move forward and R to back up WARM
235. hile holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must ac cept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op eration of the device LIC0474 Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains o
236. hould be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to Do not lean against the door extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations A WARNING
237. hrough heater core DEFOGGING heater core Fan control Fan control Air flow control Temperature control Air flow control TT Temperature control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control AUTO HOT bye gt BP olin Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 Air flow control Air flow control Fan control COOLING A lt Air not passed io B through heater Fan control Air flow control a a Temperature control Air recirculation control Air son recirculation Sta ah control 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air cond
238. i tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc
239. ian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle WRS0756 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no
240. ica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ran
241. ically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended Fluids Lubricants and Capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation s s aanas 9 4 E
242. ide air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS oF Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 17 CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Engine start operation indicator if so equipped For vehicles equipped with push button ignition this indicator illuminates when the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF ACC or ON position with the shift lever in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the push button ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed OFF oe Front passenger air bag status 2 light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passeng
243. ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 5 14 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid if so equipped and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and head restraints headrests adjust Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE models without NISSAN Intelligent Key system 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic Transmission CVT models Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift
244. ild or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instruct
245. ile the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING 6 10 Incase of emergency Park continuously variable transmission automatic transmission Do not stop the engine Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start
246. ilter off Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner is off To remove the filter from the air cleaner release the retaining clips 4 then release the holders at the back of the unit Pull the unit upward The viscous paper type filter element should not be cleaned and reused The dry paper type filter element may be cleaned and reused Replace the air filter according to the maintenance log shown in a Separate maintenance booklet When replacing the air filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield
247. imately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rati
248. imply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window Is opening Instruments and controls 2 31 MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door 2 32 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHT SIC2063A The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON posi
249. in the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oll filter in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The en gine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug A with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap B securely See Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add
250. ing may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be pu
251. ing vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0692 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or o
252. ing with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 7 lf the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side
253. intenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction
254. ion the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve hicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensors weight sen sors This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupa
255. ion then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate e If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ft indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclin
256. ions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfer
257. ious Faol GaUQ aeee a aani TiG COMDULCE 22 lt c2ncehaxtectet tess heese te ces Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Checking DUIS cuquveaeleasadw en tenra bane as Warning MONIS ecosctncaskoeveedeeuee ete sranti indicator MOIS asecueeene cute week tee ceeceawecnt Audible reminders 00000 e eee eee eens SCCUNLY SYSIEMS serere ierann rA serena ear betes NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system if SO equipped 6 cee cece eee rnrn Windshield wiper and washer switch WIG WOR CIAON a saatsurse as eduace ponerse Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped deiroster SWNCNec ndeteetaeteccecesoeerenayveneese Headlight and turn signal switch Headlight control switch 00 cee eee 2 23 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 24 Instrument brightness control 006 2 25 TUR signal SWICK sess ew ee te boceianaovstcatete es 2 25 Fog light switch if so equipped 06 2 26 MOMM nck togecacenvaewednsese es esa eerneees eens nates 2 26 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 26 POWErOULGL vad cavcawetelan ened en eerie eunea saws 2 27 Sae a Sp E A EE AEE E E E E 2 27 Map DOCKCIS s ceecwt be whtusensenss Seed OO 2 27 Seatback pocket if so equipped 2 28 Storage Hays eee 5 sa eas cee game da Gebers 2 28 CUP MOGs cucrueeuersutaseeetenueraseus cusss 2 28 Glove DOX 2c ec ccessceteaane oat nAi anaa iane ees 2 29
258. irements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or equivalent If Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid HQ Multi is not available API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 may be used as a tem porary replacement However use Genuine NISSAN Manual Trans mission Fluid HQ Multi as soon as it is available Capacity Approximate U S measure Imp measure Liter Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instruc Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Using transmission section fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the See your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited for service warranty Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer Multi purpose grease
259. is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way Remove the dipstick
260. is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key
261. ist the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touch screen to choose a folder Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 dq gt gt I SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the seek buttons M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed dq gt SEEK buttons Press the seek button 44 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the seek button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the seek button PP while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the seek button PPI several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MPS player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will ejec
262. ith which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model F
263. ition 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the TY position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position When the Y or 7 position is selected press the E button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the
264. ition while depressing the foot brake pedal 3 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 4 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive po sition to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engin
265. ition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the s
266. itioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ONsOFF power button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that c
267. king or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles Starting and driving 5 33 A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 3
268. kipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam lf a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled through the touch screen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touch screen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touch screen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE control knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE control knob to the left for lower frequen cies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE c
269. l If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 3 Reinstall the battery vent caps 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor A is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DRIVE BELT Water pump Generator Manual tensioner Air conditioner compressor if so equipped
270. l spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case e Place the shift lever in the P Park position e Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage Do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Doing so may result in an accident due to loss of engine braking A CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully s
271. lace the battery with a new one See panel blinks in green Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When pushing the request switch or the The outside chime sounds for a few sec The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you mea see on the Intelligent Key to the onds and all the doors unlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you ock the door A door is not closed securely Close the doors securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 3 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hold the coated parts when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approxi mately 12 in 80 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open a
272. lder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a
273. lder to properly judge distances to other objects Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold tt Heated mirrors Canada only Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility Push the rear window defroster switch to activate the heat ing function Push the switch again to deactivate or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 008 4 4 How to use the touch screen 00e0e 4 5 How to use the BACK button 0 eee ee 4 7 How to use the APPSG button eee 4 7 FED oft Co nanana annuun ernaar rrr rrrr rnrn 4 9 How to use the ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 02 0ece eee eeaees 4 9 How to use the CAMERA button 5 4 9 RearView Monitor if so equipped 008 4 10 How to read the displayed lines 4 11 Difference between predicted and actual BICC G6 es ee ee ee 4 11 Adjusting the SCreen 6 eee eee ee eee 4 13 Operating pS serrtis rrenen sean ees p eens 4 14 MONS E EEEE E A E ce wed
274. le Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until Adjust Clock appears on the display 2 Press the MENU button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press MENU 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press MENU The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automaticall
275. le Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the automatic transmission A T or the continuously variable transmission CVT models into P Park or the manual transmission
276. le Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 sec onds if the system Is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the R indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dy namic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 19 While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle 2 20 Instruments and controls NISSAN Intelligent Key door b
277. le generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legal
278. le immobilizer 2 20 3 4 5 10 5 14 NISSAN voice recognition system Octane rating See fuel octane rating Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil Changing engine oll filter Checking engine oil level Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Engine oil viscosity Outside mirror control Outside mirrors Overdrive switch If your vehicle overheats Owner s manual order form Owner s manual service manual order P Parking Parking brake operation 5 26 Parking parking onhills 5 31 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 62 4 76 Power Power door lockS aoaaa aaa 3 6 Power outlet 44 4 see eee a 2 27 Power rear windows 2 31 Power steering system 5 32 Power windows saasaa aa 2 30 Rear power windows 2 31 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 1 24 1 29 1 33 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Precautions on supplemental restraint SysteM wee eee ee eee Eee 1 36 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 7 4 35 PUSH SIA MING s s oe os aa amp amp Rae oo Se aw wd 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 62 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 2 2 ee ee 4 30 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player e se ne we So a ee we ew 4 34 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player 4 38
279. le moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is dis played in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possib
280. le on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button gt several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB devic
281. lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is re moved from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission model Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 1
282. light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine Is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking br
283. liminate this 7495 70D15 420 kPa 60 PSI recall leakage 3 Remove the gauge 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire P215 65R15 95H speed rating 6 R 15 t t t 4 5 3 WDI0395 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number a a ay lan known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 36 Maint
284. ll as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Giving voice commands 1 2 Press the l button The system announces Please say a cat egory like phone or a command like points of interest followed by a brand name A list of available commands is then spoken by the system After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed in this section Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Command not recog nized Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the button The system will an nounce Cancelling voice recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the BACK button on the control panel to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wh
285. ll the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise 2 until a single click is heard Loose Fuel Cap warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message dis plays in the odometer when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning message perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as pre viously described as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Press the loose fuel cap warning reset but ton A in the meter for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel filler cap STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Pull the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in place A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident SUN VISORS To block glare from the front swing down the sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 MIRRORS A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor befor
286. lt usage Shift P warning light if so SHIFT equipped This light blinks red and the key reminder chime sounds if the shift lever is in any position other than P Park and the ignition switch is in the OFF position Return the shift lever to P Park with the ignition switch in the OFF position and the light will turn off Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the chime will turn off Se Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag s
287. ltitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control GEAR MPH km h 1st 28 46 2nd 52 83 3rd 76 122 4th 103 166 Sth PARKING BRAKE A WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident Oy dO WSD0169 To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Automatic transmi
288. lume control knob power button again turns the sys tem off Turn the VOL volume control knob power button to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the amp SEEK or TRACK Y button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Speed Sensitive Volume SSV adjusts the vol ume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Tit
289. ly intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs too over the counter prescrip tion and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition Starting and driving 5 7 IGNITION SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 5 8 Starting and driving CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position make sure that the shift lever is in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch if it is inserted make sure that the shift lever is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be placed to the LOCK position 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Move the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is ins
290. ly stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH To defrost the rear window glass start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LIC2127 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting AM When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on WIC1509 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 23 Headlight beam select A To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come o
291. ly supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The trunk lid release is located on the floor to the left of the driver s seat To open the trunk lid pull the opener lever up To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the trunk lock at the center of the trunk lid FUEL FILLER DOOR LPD2022 OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler door
292. mage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the
293. manu facturer LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment Top tether anchor point locations When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf those supplied with the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint NISSAN does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for in stallation Follow these steps to install a rear facing chil
294. me sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and mak
295. meter 2 Speedometer 3 Trip odometer reset switch trip com puter mode 4 Instrument brightness control LIC2283 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT AT Automatic Transmission po sition indicator CVT A T models only Odometer twin trip odometer trip com puter Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 2 4 Type B Tachometer 5 Temperature gauge 6 Odometer twin trip odometer trip com puter Fuel gauge Instruments and controls LIC2146 Speedometer Trip odometer reset switch trip com puter mode Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Manual Transmission shift indi catorposition indicator Instrument brightness control LIC2118 Type A SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed Type B LIC2136 LIC2284 Type A Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trio odometer 2 records the distance of individual trips Instruments and controls 2 5 LIC2139 Changing the display Press the change button to change the dis play as follows Odometer ODO Trip A _ Trip B Instant fuel consumption Average fuel con sumption DTE cruising range Outside air temperature is so equipped Odometer ODO Resetting the trip odometer Press the c
296. mmended fuel lubricants o oo 20 002 9 2 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CB radio 4 62 CD care and cleaning 4 59 CD player See audio system 4 32 4 36 4 41 4 46 Child restraints 1 16 1 16 1 17 1 19 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 1 24 1 29 1 33 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 21 Child safety rear door lock Chimes audible reminders Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 CHOGKe 2 He oa eae ae 6 ee dna ee re 4 31 models without navigation system 4 31 Clock SBb ne a e ae es Ge a Ge BS 4 31 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 36 Compact disc CD player 4 32 4 36 4 41 4 46 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 16 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 00 8 11 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT aoaaa aaa aa 5 16 Control panel buttons 4 4 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Enter DUON ss a aosa 2 00 2 amp om 4 4 Setting button 2 4 wb he eww ad 4 7 4 35 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 59 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 15 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 ee ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Corro
297. move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a
298. move the key The shift lever is designed so it cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to OFF position T or if the key is removed from the switch The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder Starting and driving 5 9 MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel place the igni tion switch in the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel in 5 10 Starting and driving sert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical acc
299. mponents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligen
300. n TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spar
301. n 1 minute after pressing the 1 button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Releasing the trunk lid Press the lt button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door has been pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle ct ch Silencing the horn beep feature WPD0362 If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To dea
302. n andthe 0 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the Dd or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time 2 24 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driv ing at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuri
303. n to loosen it 5 Remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb if so equipped A CAUTION If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly High low Halogen Turn position light Side Marker Fog light if so equipped Room light Map light if so equipped Trunk compartment light High mounted stop light if so equipped Spoiler mounted stop light if so equipped Rear combination light Turn signal light PY21W Stop Tail P21 5W Backup reversing P21W License plate light
304. n locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following The ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve hicle The shift lever is in the P Park position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light Pie in the instrument panel blinks in red Make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position When the chime sounds intermittently Make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driv er s door is opened check the following The shift lever is placed in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The warning chime may stop when one of the following is performed Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position Removing the mechanical key Closing the doors 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Alarm and warning when the engine starts When the Intelligent Key system warning light fan blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel
305. n Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed in the odometer and the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The J light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C7 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Bee Overdrive OFF indicator light A T CVT models if so equipped The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected F
306. n also be used 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while hold ing down the shift lock release 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel 7 Release the parking brake The vehicle may be moved to the desired loca tion Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible Overdrive O D OFF switch if so equipped When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light A T CVT models in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The F indicator light will turn off Starting and driving 5 19 Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle spee
307. n and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service Instruments and controls 2 21 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH LIC2153 Type A SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion 2 22 Instruments and controls LIC2131 Type B Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanent
308. n both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Messaging Touch to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Touch Driver to have incoming text notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Touch Both to have text notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Touch Off to turn off all text notifications Auto Reply Touch to toggle the auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Touch to indicate preferred message to be sent when Auto Reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Touch to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Custom Text Messages Touch this option to select a custom mes sage to edit There are 4 customer message slots available NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as we
309. n impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occ
310. n the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle The light blinks in green when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power Replace the battery with a new one See Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion The light illuminates in yellow when it warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system If the warning light illuminates in yellow while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases con tact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as pos sible See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Power steering warning light AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the power steer ing warning li
311. n the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehic
312. nance and do it yourself If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking ef ficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with reg
313. nd Text Sends a text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For more information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address Points of Interest name POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the button 2 Say Audio 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands e Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired FM frequency SXM channel number Allows user to tune directly to a desired SXM station
314. nd result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID AWARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys KEY OPERATION OPENING THE TRUNK LID To open the trunk lid turn the key clockwise To To open the trunk unlock it with one of the close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid following operations down securely Unlock the trunk using the key Pull up on the opener lever if so equipped located on the floor next to the driver s seat Press the button on the Intelligent Key Push the release switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 OPENER OPERATION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments Close
315. ndle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Opening the trunk lid 1 Push the trunk opener request switch for more than 1 second while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 2 The trunk will unlatch A chime will sound 4 times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open H
316. ne Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledge
317. nee Text messaging c 0cacac ctaaseistadsdendarase Bluetooth settings s lt 01cwstenseeteesene cee case PHONG SCUIQG Ss ecm teusceteeen ee EENE teases NISSAN Voice Recognition System Uso eguipped icepenceecesen cohuascevsstascan Using the system ivcanier ines ong ange eaahedee System IGALUI GS gegen b eeiwad drini kerewa inea Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System VOICE COMMANGS cossineakns ose cedennededewe gee Navigation System voice commands Audio system voice commands 5 Information voice Commands 0008 My Apps Voice Commands Help voice commands CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock h MAP button 5 4 2 brightness control button 2 Display screen 6 BACK button 3 button 7 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 4 8 APPS button
318. ng light if so equipped 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Front passenger air Turn signal hazard bag status light indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL Overdrive off indica tor light if so equipped Security indicator light if so equipped Side and headlight indicator light green if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DEAS EA E wee beew kena ae epee ke ckeeeeebanweene 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 4 1 2 Folding rear seat if so equipped 005 1 4 Head restraints Headrests 0 0e eens 1 5 DCAL ONG poctecsoesseuaies teacesseeee sheedaseues 1 9 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Pregnant WOMEN a4 5400vi ower doaneeauew de E 1 12 Injured persons e2 c2seeuasaecueeucecenesovestac 1 12 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 12 Seat belt extenders 0 cc cece eee eee 1 15 Seat belt maintenance 00 cece eee ees 1 15 Child Saloy einni e ri rkt ae EARRAN EEEE ECERAN NEN 1 16 U o E P E T EA E 1 16 Smal CANCION aveuececnendcedveseeweeeesakeees 1 17 Larger children accccuveteesaedn seu ctexeerae ea os 1 17 Child TeStrainiSs c4 c0402 nccteedacweuentecdutacases 1 17 Precautions on child restraints 04 1 17 LAT
319. ng or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certif
320. ng yourself and others LIC2289 Type A INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the P gt d or 2 position Type A Turn the control to adjust the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night Type B Press the control to adjust the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch The turn signal will flash three times automati Cally Instruments and controls 2 25 FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected 2 26 Instruments and controls HORN To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front ai
321. ngine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system if so equipped refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 SOCUMCANON San ceragay iene E 9 8 MOINS cosets terest eeeee sie on ete een P 9 8 Wheels and tires scccccncivetetearesecsawencuan 9 9 Dimensions and weights 0 0eeee 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY ccwewisen ee ccectctuaeaueeseesemsess 9 10 Vehicle identification 0 0c cece eee eee eee 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number lt i cso ed sw cewdne ved dewtvewsen 9 10 Engine serial number 2 2 022 005 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label if so equipped vcncecdivcusercesectapeceaiueens 9 12 Installing front license plate 9 12 Vehicle loading information 2 00 0e seas 9 13 i ee ee ee eee 9 13 Determining vehicle load capacity 9 14 Loading DS tecececdeneen tense aeneeeesee 9 16 Measurement of weights 00 5 9 16 TOWING a talli eeengenentstugewernsehenaeserarxs 9 17 EERS vaceoe E ee 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading 00e eee eee 9 17 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Reporting safet
322. nt classifica tion sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do
323. nt finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated Ot x WAI0007 GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light if so equipped is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light 1 Push toward rear of vehicle 2 Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or
324. nufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of
325. o equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 or later iPod Classic 80GB firmware version 1 1 2PC or later iPod Classic 120GB firmware version 2 0 1PC or later iPod nano 1st generation fi
326. o cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever should always be in the gt position for heating and defrosting Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 DEFROSTING QE Air passed BI LEVEL a Air passed DEFOGGING L SID through HEATING AS through heater core i heater core Fan control Fan control Air flow control Temperature control Air flow control Temperature control Air recirculation control Air recirculation control EEE r A A Temp Airflow recirculation ec teal Sahal control control con control control Fan Temp Air flow trol contro Fan control 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATING ya Air passed HEATING amp a Air passed E through DEFROSTING i t
327. o not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized change
328. ocked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatb
329. oil pressure warning light 2 14 Engine oil viscosity 2 ee a 9 6 Engine serialnumber 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 14 5 15 Enter DUON s s s s o doa eae ed wet we 4 4 Event data recorders 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 22 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Pial Oe a Bes oh ee a a he eee ed 6 3 Floor mat positioningaid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid sik es Ree ee ee ee 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aaa oaaae 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CONTI d e i os ee e ee eaa d 8 11 Engine coolant w aaau 8 7 Enghel 6s 6 6 6 hw amp bee oe a 8 9 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog light switch 0a kak eng wee ee 2 2 26 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 43 PRONG Coals 2 2 6 8 amp OS har om he ee A 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fUCI IUDHGANIS 2 ea oe a0 a i hw eels 9 2 Fuel economy saaana anaa 5 30 Fuel filler door andcap 3 27 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 Fuelgauge 005 22 eee 2 9 Fuel octane rating 4 0 0 0 3 we and 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 6 3 27 FUSES aw o GW eae oe SRS EG ee oe 8 20 Fusible links gt xs s sesa dada ob adaa 8 20 G Gas CGAP 24 sca soes oa 340 a a ia aa 3
330. ol de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of su
331. ome on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play vy Vv SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the SEEK button 4 or TRACK Y button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A Vv SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK 4 button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK 4 button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track n
332. ompact disc will eject and the system will turn off AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MPS player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between O and 3 Additional features For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 CD eject button ENTER button and TUNE MENU con Display screen SETUP button 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 DISP button 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 i44 PPI Forward and Backward SEEK TRACK buttons 15 VOL volume control knob power button 16 CD button 17 FM AM button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume control knob power button Place the ignition switch in th
333. oning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is also displayed in the odometer When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For additional information see Check tire pres sure warning message in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency sectio
334. only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For further information see the Fuel Recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the J Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 7 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage will display if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is dis played may cause the C Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage To remove the fuel filler cap f Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise 1 to remove Loop the tether strap around the hook while refueling To insta
335. ontrol knob to change the channel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the seek buttons M4 or PPI to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode buttons M4 or PP press the seek to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the SXM band 6 for SXM1 6 for SXM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Touch and hold any of the de sired station memory keys 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other keys can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play
336. ooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Ta Ef i e Always connect positive to positive sod and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Cloth 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en AWARNING 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever gine of the vehicle being jump started i to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Always follow the instructions below Fail Park Continuously Venable A CAUTION ure to do so could result in damage to the Transmission automatic transmission charging system and cause personal Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys Do not keep the starter motor engaged for injury A more than 10 seconds If the engine does tems lights heater air conditioner etc ob etar tight aways ninine Kay ol Ana 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again position the two vehicles to bring their bat equipped Cover the battery with an old teries near each other
337. operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid lev els Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other flui
338. or additional information see Driving the ve hicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light if so equipped This light blinks when the ignition switch is in the OFF LOCK or ACC position The blinking secu rity indicator light indicates that the security sys tems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems in this section Side light and headlight indicator light green if so equipped The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected See Headlight and turn signal switch in this section for further details R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on B Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem is not operating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehic
339. ort Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack the AUX button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio fi
340. ough the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRS2395 Rear facing step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 LRS2396 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint
341. ould quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e I ee Tt Iw 0 1 LHA2085 Center vents Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov ing the slide as indicated 4 e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 o pi SE OL Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch Fan control dial Air conditioner button Air flow control dial Temperature control dial Air intake lever Air recirculation and Fresh air CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets 74 Air flows from center and side vents 74 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems i Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Q7 Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperat
342. ould be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn
343. ove the wheel cover use the jack rod 4 as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack In case of emergency 6 5 Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move 6 6 In case of emergency Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and Jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc
344. placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the
345. pped 3 3 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys if so eguipped wie eeecred bs sacirecucetee pecans 3 4 DOOKS ean bm tenelvecee hiatus sence en vents sana sac 3 5 LOCKING WIR KGYceccuseeskenecadedeseeed caesar ee 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob 45 3 6 Locking with power door lock switch Urso CqUIDDEO 222dceuncscneweaaeee eraser ane 3 6 Automatic door locks if so equipped 3 7 Child safety rear door lock 0 0 0 cece ene eens 3 7 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 8 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 9 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 12 Operating TAN s cH2cnandeeieeiyewornpaerenet 3 13 Door locks unlocks precaution 05 3 14 NISSAN Intelligent Key Operation 3 15 How to use the remote keyless entry Ae e ETTA E EEE E EE EE TT PE 3 18 Warning lights and audible reminders 3 21 Warming signals c4c022 ebswed wan vaenedancewsn ee 3 21 Troubleshooting guide lt i kuagweunsieseoacwaxds 3 23 FIOOG a a E EEE a E E e O 3 24 MUNK NGis 2c2c cedeceeneaseaieceeebeeneeucsouke 3 25 Key operation 24 c2s dcecca teens Gnendenee daeeuns 3 25 Opening the trunk lid n aan ccc weied ace we ewlece wee 3 25 Opener operation if so equipped 5 3 26 Interior trunk lid release 0 00 cee eee eee 3 26 FuelHler GOO scduccavecoses agaeteneueey ieee asics 3 27 Opener operation n a ssns eee wie
346. pping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever into the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position 5 16 Starting and driving and potential no start conditions such as I Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health A WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress
347. pproximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators Starting and driving 5 5 The identification code of the tire pres sure sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low Ifthe Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to 5 6 Starting and dri
348. pull the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely FUEL FILLER CAP AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use
349. push the CRUISE ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release It The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the CRUISE in dicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the CRUISE indicator light goes out Push the CRUISE ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the CRUISE light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift lever into N Neu tral CVT To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accel
350. r bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing Conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power Is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section POWER OUTLET The power outlet is for powering electrical acces sories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the v
351. r iPod pressing the RDM button will shuffle the songs being played Pressing the RPT button will repeat the song being played 5 back button Pressing the back button will return the user to the previous menu FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing If the FM AM button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds the AUTOSTORE function will be initiated The AST icon will appear and AU TOSTORE may appear on the display screen a beep is heard and the radio mutes The system will then automatically detect the 6 stations with the strongest frequency and save them as pre sets Once AUTOSTORE is complete the AST icon will disappear and AUTOSTORE COM PLETE may appear on the display screen TUNE MENU control knob Tuning Turn the TUNE MENU control knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt gt SEEK tuning Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequen cies and to stop at the next broadcasting station Hold either button to tune continuously Then release button once desired frequency is reached 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Station select
352. ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Fluid Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the en
353. rchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB connection port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB if so equipped use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod if so equipped use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is c
354. rgency 6 7 The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 6 8 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine c
355. rious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child re straints in this section 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up
356. rity to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must ac cept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op eration of the device TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert if so equipped When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever into the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing Perform the above steps for each tire If the tire is over inflated more than ap proximately 4 psi 80 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pressure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash within a
357. rmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 8PC or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0PC or later iPod nano 5th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 0 2PC or later iPod nano 5th generation 16GB firm ware version 1 0 1PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 2PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 1PC or later iPod Touch 1st generation firmware ver sion 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 3 1 3 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 4 3 5 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 4 3 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 0 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later iPad firmware version 4 3 2 or later iPad 2 firmware version 4 3 3 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then press the AUX or MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod plays when the audio system is turned back on If the au
358. rn the threaded part of the grommet 90 Mount the license plate bracket using the two longer screws 3 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehi
359. rned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposit
360. rom the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensors are also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate ina crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passen ger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care sh
361. room Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 0ce seen eee 8 2 General maintenance 02 0e eee e eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS cece eee ees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 eee eee eee ee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 0 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 02e 005 8 8 ENQING Oliceteatecceos speenseeeteeadeseneseeee ewes 8 9 Checking engine oil level 000 005 8 9 Changing engine oil 0 2 ce ee eee eee 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 0 0000 8 11 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid if OGGE scat esteira ara E R RENE EE 8 11 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 12 Windshield washer fluid
362. s they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows lift gates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys
363. s Sa eee 4 14 Heater and Air Conditioner manual 4 15 a Uee e PEE EE E veer dase E Sue oet 4 16 Heater operation lt cc cawaccckes emdeaadacenebeae ca 4 17 Air conditioner operation 220055 4 18 Air fow Ciel Ses n4 5 cutee ieee aeweueuiseebocer ce 4 19 Servicing air conditioner 520 sccveecsesne sess rrna 4 23 Audo SYSICM s s ct cc ee caeergeed lees EREE PROMO A A A EEA E pia ances A E S week FM radio reception sssssaaassuerrrrrrnnsus AM radio reception x50 esac bersughxse sauder ees Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 0000e FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 2 cc cece ees FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 0 cece eee ees FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 005 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 065 USB interface models without Navigation System if So equipped cece eee eee USB interface models with Navigation System if So equipped 6 cece eee ees iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped cece eee ees iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped 0 eee eens Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System if so equipped Bluetooth
364. s displayed after the shift lever has we iP ditrain orenow ataches mine caner been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use body wax on the camera window If body wax does get on the camera window wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual A WARNING When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to The air conditioner cooling function op allow fresh air into the passenger compart erates only when the engine is running ment This should help reduce odors inside Do not leave children or adults who the vehicle would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle c
365. s on supplemental restraint SysteM aoaaa a a 1 36 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system a 1 36 Supplemental side and curtain side impact air bag system aooaa cw we 1 48 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 31 Fog light switch aoaaa aaa 2 26 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 23 Headlight control switch 2 23 Ignition switch aw ee we ewe ae eS 5 8 Overdrive switch 666 wed wa dw oh 5 24 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear window defroster switch 2 23 Turn signal switch 2 25 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC 6a wea eo Sw tie e Bale a 2 26 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 T Tachometer aac eh aa a G40 oO 2 7 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 20 3 4 5 10 5 14 Three way catalyst 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Tire PAU Ais kt a ae Bg Me ee ie oh ee ao 6 3 Sparetie 6 4 8 41 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 THE CAINS s Se e ee g id we we wg a 8 38 Tire placard ace aoon Ale eA Sd 9 12 Tire pressure 2 ee domaa 8 31 Tire rotation ss ae Bw be D2 we ee os 8 38 Types of tires wm am ha oe ow w wena 8 37 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels andtires 8 31 Wheel tire size
366. s should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation Th
367. s the command re peats the number and begins dialing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from
368. s you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phon
369. saduecwe en 3 27 Pael Mller CAD tucacetes vere ceweteeews euwese sae 3 27 Steering WHEE ccs ncoecdtec ons anaran nnne 3 29 TIT OPC alls ecscexecetskueewenteciesneaevatet 3 29 OUN VISOS reeta bu nee eee hee meee es nE ORO ES 3 29 Vanity mirror if so equipped 0 0c eae 3 30 MINOS esdi smsen narena naia feed dee ee eee he ee 3 30 Rearview IMINO cio irnn iaon Kn NEER ee 3 30 Outside Mirrors ove ceeeu coe unnan a nanne nennen 3 31 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to make a duplicate If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it LPD2027 Type B Remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped 1 Integrated door lock keyfob 2 Key number plate A CAUTION Do not leave the ignition key inside the SPA2342 vehicle when you leave the vehicle Type A 1 Master key 2 Master key 3 Key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for dupli
370. seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Supplemental air bag warning light in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 4 E gt WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue thr
371. security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 20 3 4 5 10 5 14 Ventilators 2n4 4 amp 4 4 0 83 we do oe Oe a 4 14 VEO 6442 e hae BS Pee eh 3 29 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 78 Voice recognition system 4 83 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 51 2 17 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Battery charge warning light 2 14 Brake warning light 2 13 Door open warning light 2 14 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 14 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 14 Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Low windshield washer fluid warning NM s oe fe ee oe Se ee ht 2 16 Passenger air bag and status light 1 45 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Warning indicator lights and audible POMINGEISs cas b 4 4 a SA oe oe EO 2 12 Warning labels for SRS 1 50 Warning IghiS s e ss sa axe saaa a 2 12 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels and tires 24 8 31 Wheel tire size 2 002 202 ae 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country o 6 eae el ag ge ee amp 9 10 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 31 Manual windows 2 32 Power rear windows 2 31 Power windows 4 2 30 Rear power windows
372. sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the amp F button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the amp F button and after the tone say Call Redial How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One ei
373. sion protection sooo a 7 6 Cruise cOntrol a e a a3 e aoe aa BAY aaa 5 27 CUP NOIGGIS irera aara oe 4 Ee a oa 2 28 Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 48 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 24 10 2 Defroster switch Rear window defroster switch 2 Dimensions and weights Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 Display controls see control panel buttons DOOrlOCkS 2cn6neoeG34 dao He ee amp Door open warning light 2 Drive belt aaao ee ee 8 Driving Cold weather driving 5 Driving with automatic transmission 5 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 005 5 Driving with manual transmission 5 Precautions when starting and driving ECONOMY Tele i oa a Re ew oe eee a 5 Emission control information label Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine 5 Blockheater 204 5 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricantS osa 28856 eee es Changing engine coolant Changingengineoill 8 Changing engine ollfilter 8 Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oillevel Engine compartment check locations Engine coolant temperature gauge Engine cooling system Engine oil Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine
374. ss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available unless there is an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio ser vice subscription Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then pressing the FM AM button will switch between FM and AM bands Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the s
375. ssary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen i APPS INFORMATION 3 00 te SETTINGS on ST Voice raffic E My Apps Settings HOW TO USE THE rsm BUTTON To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve For more information about the SiriusXM Travel hicle Link and Traffic features see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 1 Press the 4PPsa button For more information about the My Apps key 2 Touch the Settings key see NissanConnect App Smartphone Integra 3 Touch the desired item tion in this section For more information about the Voice Com mands key see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 See Audio system in this section for more information See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for more information See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Touch this key to select and or adjust various functions of this system A screen with additional options will appear Touch this key to adjust the appearance of the
376. ssion if so equipped 5 9 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 10 Ignition switch positionS 000 ee eee 5 10 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped ecitecavee ce doudinacd ited doxawus 5 10 Push Button Ignition Switch if so equipped 5 11 Operating anGes ass cvr lt dacaeee Se aaes beeawewey 5 12 Push button ignition switch positions 5 12 Emergency engine shut off 0000 5 13 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 13 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 14 Before starting the engine 22 0005 5 14 Starting the engine models without NISSAN Intelligent Key system n nnana nnn cece eee ee eee Starting the engine models with NISSAN Intelligent Key system 000 cc eee eee ee eee Driving the vehicle 0 00 c eee eee eee Continuously Variable Transmission CVT RSO eCUID PCG s2succersvascninees ceuseeouen ae Automatic transmission if so equipped Manual transmission if so equipped Parkmg Drake igs seeder ketenes ea EAN A ee Cruise control if so equipped 00ce cece Precautions on cruise control Cruise control operations n 0 0 0 ccc eee eee Break in schedule 0 0 c eee eee eens Fuel efficient driving tipS 2 00e eee ee Increasing fuel economy 2020e eee ee Parking parking on MllSi lt dedsca
377. ssion mod els Move the shift lever to the P Park position While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button B and lower the lever completely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped 1 ACCEL RES switch 2 COAST SET switch 3 CANCEL switch 4 CRUISE ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically To properly set the cruise control system use the following procedures Starting and driving 5 27 AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage 5 28 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control
378. sumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the trip computer change button for more than approximately 1 second Distance to empty The distance to empty mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The distance to empty includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the distance to empty is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s atten tion Press the trip computer change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred When the fuel level drops even lower the dis tance to empty will display Outside air temperature ICY F or C if so equipped The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature below 37 F 3 C the outside air temperature mode is automatically selected and ICY will illuminate in order to draw the driver s attention Press the trip or change button to toggle to the next mode if desired The ICY indicator will remain illuminated as long as the temperature remains below 39 F 4 C The ambient temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be a
379. t Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door NOTE NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION Locking doors Doors lock with the door handle request You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag When yo
380. t and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models with Navigation System in this section For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the p
381. t cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed in side the bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Aiming should not be necessary after replacing the H4 bulb When aiming ad justment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance e Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 JVM0002X 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable 2 Disconnect the electrical connector A from the rear end of the bulb 3 Pull off the rubber cap 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Push and turn the retaining pi
382. t disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CAT button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT button Press the SEEK CAT button 4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button 44 eral tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button gt several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played several times to skip backward sev Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If a MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat
383. t tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message dis plays in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time
384. tective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or b
385. tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle 6 Install the jack in its storage area between floor and bracket for jack mounting 7 Install tools between the side of the spare tire 3 o clock position and the spare tire pan without looseness 8 Place the spare tire cover and the floor cov ering over the damaged tire 9 Close the trunk AWARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop In case of eme
386. tention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle
387. th device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Delete Connected Device Touch to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth Touch to toggle Bluetooth on and off Select Connected Device Touch to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings h Press the aPPs button Touch the Settings key Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Touch the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Touch First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Touch Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Touch Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Touch to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Touch to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System Phone Notifications for Touch Driver to have phone notifications shown in the vehicle information display Touch Both to have phone notifications shown i
388. th you switch to lock the door a few seconds A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The key warning light in the instrument The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF panel blinks in yellow the outside chime position position sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When closing the doors The P Park warning light in the instrument The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Make sure that the shift lever is in the P panel illuminates and the outside chime position and the shift lever is not in the P Park position and place the ignition switch sounds continuously Park position in the OFF position The outside chime sounds for approximately The Intelligent Key is in the vehicle or trunk Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 seconds and all doors unlock When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for approximately The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens When stopping the engine The P Park position warning light in the The shift lever is not in the P Park position Make sure that the shift lever is in the P instrument panel blinks in red Park position and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument The battery charge is low Rep
389. the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the amp F button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry A Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompt
390. the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the amp F button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message T POSETE iia nies To access the phone settings FoR 5 Read Text EST 1 Press the asm button Speak this command to read the text mes _ S sage again Connect New Device 2 Touch the Settings key Previous Text Select Connected Device 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Speak this command to move to the previ Repuice Connactad Device ous text message if available Delete Connected Device Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE LHA2844 Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Phone Settings See Phone settings in this section for more information Connect New Device Touch to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Replace Connected Device Touch to replace a Bluetoo
391. ting posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children ar
392. tion When the switch is in the DOOR position 2 the interior lights will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch if so equipped while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch if so equipped The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHT if so equipped The map light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the map light illuminates regardless of door position The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR
393. tion changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time 5 30 Starting and driving 10 Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus Idling Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire
394. tion without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section oe SS _ E wa m CO 10 amp CD eject button FM AM button AUX button CD insert slot or er PU TUNE AUDO 3 9 W4 Backward seek button and PP Forward seek button 6 BACK button 7 TUNE knob AUDIO button 8 Display screen 9 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 10 CD button 11 SXM button No satellite radio reception is available when the SXM button is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was play ing immediately
395. tivates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light AW is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT in this section for more de tails If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Oe S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is
396. tivates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after 30 min utes under the following conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of P Park ignition switch changes position ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the NISSAN Intelligent Key as illustrated
397. to complete the pairing process For more information see the Bluetooth de vice s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Touch the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle H8 Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For information on how to use the touch screen see How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either e Press the x
398. to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal Terms are converted from analog to digital A D MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures conversion per second Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a
399. to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in sea
400. tures using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section amp Bluetooth Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the voice recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the amp F button on the steering wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touch screen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems apes INFORMATION a SitiusXM Travel Link SiriusXM Traffic E My Apps B Bad CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the asm button on the control panel 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes
401. ty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM if so equipped REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type R or the exact equiva lents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer
402. u carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of opera tion 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you Close all doors Push any door handle request switch 1 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you All doors will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds once switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handle When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has
403. u list and through available input sources then press the ENTER button Selecting this item allows user to adjust various audio settings Adjusts the bass to the desired level Treble o Adjusts the treble to the desired level oo Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers 1 Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Hoo Vol Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected tot the system Available options are LOW MID and HIGH Selecting this item allows user to adjust various clock settings Allows user to set time manually ON OFF o Switches clock display on or off D 12h 24h gages Avaliable language are Spanish Portuguese Engish ard Fen OOO O OOOO C Clockwise Selectup ordownandpress ENTER buon OOOO Allows user to change time format between 12 hour and 24 hour Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 TUNE MENU control knob Enter button Turn the TUNE MENU control knob to the left or right to scroll and then press ENTER to select desired item A Z button When listening to music via USB or iPod pressing the A Z button will launch a quick search function in music browser that will allow user to search for music alphabetically using the TUNE MENU control knob RDM and RPT button When listening to music via USB o
404. ual NISSAN representative will assist yOu Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 33 Air bag See supplemental restraint system 6d a ae eS We Ow aie Be we 1 36 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system a4 2 lt 4 we 4 4 1 43 Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact airbagsystem 005 1 48 Air bag warning labels 1 50 Air bag warning light 1 51 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter aaau aa 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 18 Air conditioner service 4 23 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 15 Servicing air conditioner 4 23 Air flow charts oaoa aaa 4 19 Anchor point locations 1 21 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 33 AUIMNNCSIS se 43 64 4 G83 Re SE ee 1 4 Audible reminders 2 20 Audio system dee Ye we ba em oe 4 23 Bluetooth audio 4 57 4 58 Compact disc CD player 4 32 4 36 4 41 4 46 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player a se b 6 Soe ce ee we 4 34 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player co gt uae we ee
405. ue to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes to note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the fi indicator light comes on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to anon slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ft indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off posit
406. ular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Period
407. umber appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the TRACK Y button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK Y button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT RDM button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode CD EJECT When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the c
408. upant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Supple mental air bag warning light in this sec tion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage in
409. ure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR TOTAL AVANT Ea ARRIERE x THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED LE POIDS TOTAL DES OCCUPANTS ET DU CHARGEMENT NE DOIT JAMAIS DEPASSER COLD TIRE PRESSURE a PRESSION DE PNEUS A FROIu XXX kPa XX psi PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi SIZE DIMENSIONS PXXX XXRXX XXX kg OF XXX Ibs FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE SPARE Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle
410. ure of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the position to recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the e button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s pos
411. uzzer if so equipped The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve hicle when operating the vehicle Any doors are not closed securely when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero SECURITY SYSTEMS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine w
412. ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioner must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls Instr ment PanGlscsc 224 seco eepieneedirewasd hele w deus Meters and gauges wa60ccunreusewecntiocerdexneesnt Speedometer and odometer 00eeeeee TACHOMEIC con c052euntwscucmtekedceneaeseaee Engine coolant temperature gauge if so equipped oda ceticetoddonedeeaeetoe
413. ving slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually tur
414. witch in any position except the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Press the Hi within 5 seconds button on the keyfob again All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing a period of time by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob power door switch or pushing the interior light switch to the off position Auto relock When the ff button onthe keyfob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON Press keyfob button 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Releasing the trunk lid Press the button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button on the keyfob will not operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or
415. y To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle C 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action T t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and cer tain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH
416. y be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception A Vv SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button 4 to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button Y to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then c
417. y defects 00 c cece eee eee 9 19 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 Event Data Recorders EDR 00seeeeeees 9 90 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity U S measure Fuel 10 7 8 gal Engine oil drain and refill For further details see Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 3 3 4 at With oil filter change 3 3 8 qt Without oil filter change Cooling system with reservoir M T 1 5 8 gal CVT A T 1 7 8 gal Automatic transmission fluid Manual transmission gear oil 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Imp measure Liter 9 gal 41 3 1 8 qt 3 5 2 7 8 qt 3 2 1 3 8 gal 6 3 1 5 8 gal 7 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants See Fuel recommendation in this section Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section Viscosity SAE 5W 30 As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 or SAE 10W 30 conventional petroleum based oils may be used and meet all specifications and requ

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

TLP 2824 Zebra® Tisch  AOC A17UX231 Flat Panel Television User Manual  QZPOD  CML Series High-Flow Mass Flow Meter User's Manual  KPRO 15.10 - audiodesign pro  Manual usuario  atmoTEC exclusiv / atmoTEC plus turboTEC exclusiv  Barclay Products TKCTR60-CP1 Installation Guide  FLUJO DESCENDENTE FLECK 3150 - Pentair Residential Filtration  しゃくなげ大橋 開通  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file